From: Jarkko Hietaniemi Date: Fri, 23 Nov 2001 18:48:18 +0000 (+0000) Subject: Add procselfexe and d_dirfd to strange lands. X-Git-Url: http://git.shadowcat.co.uk/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=a838cfe5b2ea6f6e5491d3960fd365ac4a2d5f6d;p=p5sagit%2Fp5-mst-13.2.git Add procselfexe and d_dirfd to strange lands. p4raw-id: //depot/perl@13218 --- diff --git a/NetWare/config.wc b/NetWare/config.wc index d03514d..f08e003 100644 --- a/NetWare/config.wc +++ b/NetWare/config.wc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -650,6 +651,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_NW_TOP1~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/configure.com b/configure.com index 9a47457..425b85a 100644 --- a/configure.com +++ b/configure.com @@ -5042,6 +5042,7 @@ $ WC "d_cuserid='define'" $ WC "d_dbl_dig='define'" $ WC "d_dbminitproto='undef'" $ WC "d_difftime='define'" +$ WC "d_dirfd='undef'" $ WC "d_dirnamlen='define'" $ WC "d_dlerror='undef'" $ WC "d_dlsymun='undef'" @@ -5532,6 +5533,7 @@ $! WC "prefix='" + vms_prefix + "'" $ WC "prefix='" + prefix + "'" $ WC "privlib='" + privlib + "'" $ WC "privlibexp='" + privlibexp + "'" +$ WC "procselfexe=''" $ WC "prototype='define'" $ WC "ptrsize='" + ptrsize + "'" $ WC "quadkind='" + quadkind + "'" diff --git a/epoc/config.sh b/epoc/config.sh index 8ec16f2..268b283 100644 --- a/epoc/config.sh +++ b/epoc/config.sh @@ -123,6 +123,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='undef' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='undef' d_dlopen='undef' @@ -646,6 +647,7 @@ prefixexp='' privlib='?:/perl/lib/5.7.2' privlibexp='?:/perl/lib/5.7.2' prototype='define' +procselfexe='' ptrsize='4' randbits='31' randfunc='' diff --git a/uconfig.h b/uconfig.h index 0e69f42..d05e180 100644 --- a/uconfig.h +++ b/uconfig.h @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR / **/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ -/*#define DOSUID / **/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY / **/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/ +#define OSVERS "" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 4 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for . It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,6 +1109,73 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "" +#define CPPMINUS "" +#define CPPRUN "" +#define CPPLAST "" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESS / **/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1091,1222 +1197,98 @@ /*#define CASTNEGFLOAT / **/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR / **/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE +/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr) -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr) -/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#undef EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 48 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC / **/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for . It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7/unknown" / **/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/usr/local/bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "unknown" /**/ -#define OSVERS "" /**/ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "" -#define CPPMINUS "" -#define CPPRUN "" -#define CPPLAST "" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESS / **/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH / **/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT / **/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -/*#define FLEXFILENAMES / **/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME / **/ -/*#define HAS_UNAME / **/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME / **/ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME / **/ -/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT / **/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/*#define HAS_HTONL / **/ -/*#define HAS_HTONS / **/ -/*#define HAS_NTOHL / **/ -/*#define HAS_NTOHS / **/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE / **/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -/*#define HAS_MEMCHR / **/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ -#define Mmap_t /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS / **/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETVBUF / **/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKET / **/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/ -/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP / **/ -/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NETDB / **/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_PWD / **/ -/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ -/*#define PWAGE / **/ -/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ -/*#define PWCLASS / **/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ -/*#define PWGECOS / **/ -/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t int /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 1 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 1 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF / **/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL / **/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 / **/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT / **/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT / **/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT / **/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT / **/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE / **/ +/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT / **/ /* HAS_FCHDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is @@ -2321,6 +1303,12 @@ */ /*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK / **/ +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET / **/ + /* HAS_FINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2334,13 +1322,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FINITEL / **/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/ +/*#define FLEXFILENAMES / **/ /* HAS_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is @@ -2390,25 +1376,7 @@ * FP_NAN NaN * */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY / **/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY / **/ /* HAS_FPOS64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. @@ -2453,6 +1421,23 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FTELLO / **/ +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + /* HAS_GETCWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is * available to get the current working directory. @@ -2471,6 +1456,67 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT / **/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME / **/ +/*#define HAS_UNAME / **/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME / **/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/ + /* HAS_GETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is * available to return interval timers. @@ -2489,24 +1535,158 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETMNTENT / **/ +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER / **/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/ + /* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM / **/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/ + /* HAS_GETSPNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM / **/ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME / **/ +/*#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT / **/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC / **/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT / **/ +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/*#define HAS_HTONL / **/ +/*#define HAS_HTONS / **/ +/*#define HAS_NTOHL / **/ +/*#define HAS_NTOHS / **/ + /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -2514,6 +1694,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T / **/ +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISASCII / **/ + /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2536,15 +1722,57 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL / **/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN / **/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE / **/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG / **/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE 8 /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -/*#define HAS_LDBL_DIG / * */ +/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/ /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is @@ -2552,12 +1780,25 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE / **/ +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +/*#define HAS_MEMCHR / **/ + /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP / **/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP / **/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -2565,6 +1806,18 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS / **/ +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP / **/ +#define Mmap_t /**/ + /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and @@ -2586,24 +1839,58 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MPROTECT / **/ +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG / **/ + /* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr * is supported. */ /*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR / **/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/ - /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T / **/ +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 / **/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/ +#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/ + /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is * available to do gather reads. You will also need @@ -2617,6 +1904,29 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG / **/ +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY / **/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/ + /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2624,52 +1934,189 @@ * extern void* sbrk _((int)); * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM / **/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS / **/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETNETENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP / **/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT / **/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETVBUF / **/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO / **/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM / **/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION / **/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP / **/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG / **/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER / **/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE / **/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define USE_SFIO / **/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKET / **/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK / **/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY / **/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS / **/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL / **/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS / **/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS / **/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +/*#define USE_STDIO_PTR / **/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_ptr) +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE / **/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_ptr) +/*#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE / **/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT / **/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT / **/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/*#define USE_STDIO_BASE / **/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_IO_read_end - (fp)->_IO_read_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRERROR / **/ +/*#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST / **/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ / **/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUL / **/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ / **/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO / **/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t int /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM / **/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN / **/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS / **/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,19 +2343,38 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED / **/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT / **/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK / **/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/ +#define Signal_t int /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT / **/ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF / **/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING / **/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC / **/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ /*#define FFLUSH_NULL / **/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL / **/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t int /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP / **/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS / **/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_GRP / **/ +/*#define GRPASSWD / **/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES / **/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL / **/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT / **/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_NETDB / **/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT / **/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +/*#define I_PWD / **/ +/*#define PWQUOTA / **/ +/*#define PWAGE / **/ +/*#define PWCHANGE / **/ +/*#define PWCLASS / **/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE / **/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT / **/ +/*#define PWGECOS / **/ +/*#define PWPASSWD / **/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,44 +2659,146 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS / **/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO / **/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME / **/ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME / **/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME / **/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL / **/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT / **/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST NULL /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL / **/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "llf" / **/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "llg" / **/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "lle" / **/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "llf" / **/ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t int /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t int /**/ -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS / **/ +/*#define MYMALLOC / **/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define I_USTAT / **/ +#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "llf" / **/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "llg" / **/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "lle" / **/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "llf" / **/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#undef EOF_NONBLOCK /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY / **/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" / **/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,20 +2986,182 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() ((rand() & 0x7FFF) / (double) ((unsigned long)1 << 15)) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 48 /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 1 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE / **/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ /*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY / **/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t int /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS / **/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" / **/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" / **/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" / **/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 1 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 1 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3301,286 +3393,203 @@ * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.005" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO / **/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS / **/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -/*#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO / **/ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t const char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t unsigned long /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t int /**/ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "unknown" /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD / **/ -#define SCHED_YIELD sched_yield() /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD / **/ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.005" +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS / **/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD / **/ +/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW / **/ +/*#define DOSUID / **/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS / **/ + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +#define SH_PATH "" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS / **/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS / **/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE / **/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API / **/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API / **/ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -#define Time_t int /* Time type */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO / **/ -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_TIMES / **/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD / **/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define Fpos_t int /* File position type */ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO / **/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define Gid_t_f "lu" /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL / **/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#define Gid_t_sign 1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO / **/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE / **/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t int /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK / **/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK / **/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO / **/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t int /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO / **/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t int /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO / **/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ +/*#define HAS_STRFTIME / **/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO / **/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t int /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "lu" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO / **/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign 1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP / **/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO / **/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t int /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK / **/ #endif diff --git a/uconfig.sh b/uconfig.sh index 11cf3c5..aff94f7 100755 --- a/uconfig.sh +++ b/uconfig.sh @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='undef' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='undef' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='undef' d_dlerror='undef' d_dlopen='undef' @@ -511,6 +512,7 @@ pidtype=int pm_apiversion='5.005' privlib='/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7' privlibexp='/usr/local/lib/perl5/5.7' +procselfexe='' prototype='undef' ptrsize='4' quadkind='4' diff --git a/vos/config.alpha.def b/vos/config.alpha.def index 804a789..56b765d 100644 --- a/vos/config.alpha.def +++ b/vos/config.alpha.def @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ $d_cuserid='undef' $d_dbl_dig='define' $d_dbminitproto='undef' $d_difftime='define' +$d_dirfd='undef' $d_dirnamlen='undef' $d_dlerror='undef' $d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -459,6 +460,7 @@ $pidtype='pid_t' $pm_apiversion='5.005' $privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' $privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$procselfexe='' $prototype='define' $ptrsize='4' $quadkind='_error_' diff --git a/vos/config.alpha.h b/vos/config.alpha.h index 362f0a3..1553f75 100644 --- a/vos/config.alpha.h +++ b/vos/config.alpha.h @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ +#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,6 +1109,73 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" +#define CPPLAST "-" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1091,1222 +1197,98 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ -#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" -#define CPPLAST "-" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ /* HAS_FCHDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is @@ -2321,6 +1303,12 @@ */ #define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + /* HAS_FINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2334,13 +1322,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ /* HAS_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is @@ -2390,25 +1376,7 @@ * FP_NAN NaN * */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ /* HAS_FPOS64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. @@ -2453,6 +1421,23 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + /* HAS_GETCWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is * available to get the current working directory. @@ -2471,6 +1456,67 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is * available to return interval timers. @@ -2489,24 +1535,158 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETSPNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -2514,6 +1694,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2536,15 +1722,57 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is @@ -2552,12 +1780,25 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -2565,6 +1806,18 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +/*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and @@ -2586,24 +1839,58 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + /* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr * is supported. */ /*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is * available to do gather reads. You will also need @@ -2617,6 +1904,29 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2624,52 +1934,189 @@ * extern void* sbrk _((int)); * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,19 +2343,38 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,44 +2659,146 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ +#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ -#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,20 +2986,182 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 31 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ #define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3301,286 +3393,203 @@ * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t off_t /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ #endif diff --git a/vos/config.ga.def b/vos/config.ga.def index acc7a6d..07262b3 100644 --- a/vos/config.ga.def +++ b/vos/config.ga.def @@ -49,6 +49,7 @@ $d_cuserid='undef' $d_dbl_dig='define' $d_dbminitproto='undef' $d_difftime='define' +$d_dirfd='undef' $d_dirnamlen='undef' $d_dlerror='undef' $d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -460,6 +461,7 @@ $pidtype='pid_t' $pm_apiversion='5.005' $privlib='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' $privlibexp='/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7' +$procselfexe='' $prototype='define' $ptrsize='4' $quadkind='_error_' diff --git a/vos/config.ga.h b/vos/config.ga.h index db7d49d..014c94d 100644 --- a/vos/config.ga.h +++ b/vos/config.ga.h @@ -121,26 +121,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DLERROR /**/ -/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents - * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. - */ -/* DOSUID: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should - * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and - * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled - * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. - * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation - * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on - * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid - * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly - * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any - * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the - * file descriptor of the script to be executed. - */ -#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ - /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is * available to duplicate file descriptors. @@ -942,15 +922,6 @@ #define _(args) () #endif -/* SH_PATH: - * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this - * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be - * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, - * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as - * D:/bin/sh.exe. - */ -#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ - /* INTSIZE: * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. @@ -1016,6 +987,19 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +/* OSVERS: + * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ +#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ + /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, @@ -1027,6 +1011,61 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1070,6 +1109,73 @@ #define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a +/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be + * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ +#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) +#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" +#define CPPLAST "-" + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1091,1222 +1197,98 @@ #define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ #define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ /*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in - */ -/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE +#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ #endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "/system/gnu_library/bin" /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ - -/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed - * also as /usr/bin/perl. - */ -/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ - -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. - */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ -/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* SITELIB_STEM: - * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ -#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -/* OSVERS: - * This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. - */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ -#define OSVERS "VOS" /**/ - -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if 42 == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b -#define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ -#define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) -#define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -/* CPPLAST: - * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner - * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" -#define CPPLAST "-" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. - */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. - */ -/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine - * to derive the host name. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ -#endif - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is - * available to get the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. - */ -#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. - */ -#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MKSTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is - * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named - * temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ - -/* HAS_MMAP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/* Mmap_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call - * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). - * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. - */ -#define HAS_MMAP /**/ -#define Mmap_t void * /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). - */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ - -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is - * available to set the current process group. - */ -/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two - * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID - * for a POSIX interface. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ -/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. - */ -#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgroups().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * /**/ -#define Free_t void /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -/* SIG_SIZE: - * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name - * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/ -#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/ - -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. - */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this version of Perl should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ +#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ +#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ /* HAS_FCHDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is @@ -2321,6 +1303,12 @@ */ #define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +/*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + /* HAS_FINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2334,13 +1322,11 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ /* HAS_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is @@ -2390,25 +1376,7 @@ * FP_NAN NaN * */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ - -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ /* HAS_FPOS64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. @@ -2453,6 +1421,23 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + /* HAS_GETCWD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is * available to get the current working directory. @@ -2471,6 +1456,67 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. + */ +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETITIMER: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is * available to return interval timers. @@ -2489,24 +1535,158 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is + * available to get the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. + */ +#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + /* HAS_GETSPNAM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif /* HAS_HASMNTOPT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ /*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + /* HAS_INT64_T: * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes @@ -2514,6 +1694,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + /* HAS_ISFINITE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). @@ -2536,15 +1722,57 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ +#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_MADVISE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is @@ -2552,12 +1780,25 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + /* HAS_MKDTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. */ /*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ +/* HAS_MKSTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is + * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named + * temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ + /* HAS_MKSTEMPS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named @@ -2565,6 +1806,18 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ +/* HAS_MMAP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/* Mmap_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call + * (and simultaneously the type of the first argument). + * Usually set to 'void *' or 'cadd_t'. + */ +#define HAS_MMAP /**/ +#define Mmap_t void * /**/ + /* HAS_MODFL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and @@ -2586,24 +1839,58 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + /* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr * is supported. */ /*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ /*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + /* HAS_READV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is * available to do gather reads. You will also need @@ -2617,6 +1904,29 @@ */ /*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + /* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2624,52 +1934,189 @@ * extern void* sbrk _((int)); * extern void* sbrk _((size_t)); */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is + * available to set the current process group. + */ +/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two + * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID + * for a POSIX interface. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark _((int)); +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ /* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is @@ -2683,21 +2130,13 @@ */ /*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -2722,11 +2161,94 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. + */ +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. + */ +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. + */ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) /* HAS_STRTOLD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is @@ -2746,6 +2268,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ + /* HAS_STRTOULL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. @@ -2758,15 +2286,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up @@ -2775,11 +2294,19 @@ */ /*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ + +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . + */ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ /* HAS_UALARM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is @@ -2787,6 +2314,28 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + /* HAS_UNORDERED: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is * available to check whether two doubles are unordered @@ -2794,19 +2343,38 @@ */ /*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. + */ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ /* HAS_WRITEV: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is @@ -2820,6 +2388,18 @@ */ /*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2834,6 +2414,51 @@ #define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ /*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgroups().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif + /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2864,18 +2489,23 @@ #define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG undef /**/ #define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG undef /**/ -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - /* I_FP_CLASS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ + /* I_IEEEFP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2888,24 +2518,30 @@ */ /*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - /* I_LIBUTIL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ /*#define I_MNTENT /**/ +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#define I_NETDB /**/ + /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2924,6 +2560,58 @@ */ /*#define I_PROT /**/ +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2971,44 +2659,146 @@ */ /*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ + /* I_SYSUTSNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ +#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. + */ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ -#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK /* NEED_VA_COPY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores @@ -3021,6 +2811,37 @@ */ /*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -3165,20 +2986,182 @@ #define NVff "f" /**/ #define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if /proc/self/exe is a symlink - * to the executing program +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.7" /**/ + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the sig_name + * and sig_num arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","CHLD","CONT","KILL","STOP","PIPE","QUIT","BUS","TRAP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,31,0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 32 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.7" /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "/system/ported/perl/lib/site" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -3187,6 +3170,12 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ + /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -3198,6 +3187,29 @@ #define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -3273,6 +3285,86 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + /* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and @@ -3301,286 +3393,203 @@ * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry - * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will - * (presumably) be similar. - * See the INSTALL file for how this works. - */ -#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" -#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the lseek() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int); - */ -#define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). - */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ - -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. - */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine - * is available setup fork handlers. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ - -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION "5.00563" +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION "5.005" -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents + * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* DOSUID: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should + * check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and + * attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled + * setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely. + * It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation + * is done securely. Among other things, it should do an fstat on + * the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid + * script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly + * to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any + * subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the + * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ +#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. +#define SH_PATH "/system/gnu_library/bin/bash.pm" /**/ + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "undef" /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); */ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero */ -#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ -/* Gid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. */ -#define Gid_t_sign -1 /* GID sign */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. */ -#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ +#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark _((int)); */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Off_t off_t /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ -#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); */ -#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. */ -#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ -/* Size_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); */ -#define Size_t_size 4 /* */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); */ -#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_atfork routine + * is available setup fork handlers. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ #endif diff --git a/win32/config.bc b/win32/config.bc index 87d5aba..01d4e6c 100644 --- a/win32/config.bc +++ b/win32/config.bc @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' d_dirnamlen='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' d_dlsymun='undef' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.gc b/win32/config.gc index e24b3b6..4cec52c 100644 --- a/win32/config.gc +++ b/win32/config.gc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.vc b/win32/config.vc index 40ca868..339897c 100644 --- a/win32/config.vc +++ b/win32/config.vc @@ -114,6 +114,7 @@ d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_dbminitproto='undef' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -686,6 +687,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5' diff --git a/win32/config.win64 b/win32/config.win64 index 84c074a..dafc6de 100644 --- a/win32/config.win64 +++ b/win32/config.win64 @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -646,6 +647,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='8' quadkind='4' diff --git a/wince/config.ce b/wince/config.ce index 21aa86f..755e469 100644 --- a/wince/config.ce +++ b/wince/config.ce @@ -113,6 +113,7 @@ d_csh='undef' d_cuserid='undef' d_dbl_dig='define' d_difftime='define' +d_dirfd='undef' d_dirnamlen='define' d_dlerror='define' d_dlopen='define' @@ -638,6 +639,7 @@ prefix='~INST_TOP~' prefixexp='~INST_DRV~' privlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' privlibexp='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib' +procselfexe='' prototype='define' ptrsize='4' quadkind='5'